Starmer is more popular than Corbyn in London – politicalbetting.com
Comments
-
You had better tell the HoC library they have it wrong then. And even better identify where they have it wrong given they have the specific figures there.Benpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/0 -
It must be 50 years since I read Brave New World but weren't Huxley's proles spaced out on 'Soma' most of the time and happy as larks? "I'm glad I'm a Gamma," they would repeat, insistently, as they quaffed the state brew and chilled. Obviously we Alphas tut-tut at this sort of thing, but from a purely utilitarian perspective...Leon said:
But this is simply wrongMalmesbury said:.
It’s being used because it is incredibly compact per dose.Leon said:
No it's notMalmesbury said:
fentanyl Is the perfect example of the war on drugs driving the adoption of worse and worse substitute drugs.Benpointer said:
Legalise, regulate, and tax the hell out of every drug. Works well for alcohol and tobacco, why not the others?Leon said:
Drug legalisation is absolutely impossible and insanely dangerous in the face of new drugs like fentanyl and tranqbondegezou said:
War on the drug cartels plays well with his base, but surely most rational US voters see it as a completely bollocks idea. We tried a War on Drugs: drugs won and the voters noticed. Much of the country supports drug legalisation. Meanwhile, American isolationists aren’t going to be very excited by the idea of invading another country. Old-school Republicans are horrified at the nonsense of the idea.williamglenn said:There seems to be increasing talk among Trump-adjacent people about the inevitability of going to war with the drug cartels. It could be a weak point for Biden in the general election.
Do try and keep up
No war on drugs, why would anyone need it? Or touch anything possibly contaminated with it? If Big Pharma is selling medical grade coke etc, for prices the cartels can barely match, why buy from Danny The Drug Dealer.
At the end of Prohibition, the Mob ran, not walked away from the alcohol business. Because they realised they couldn’t compete on price or quality.
By all accounts (I've read a lot) Fentanyl gives a notably superior high, more euphoric, more numbing, than the best heroin. The fact it s horribly addictive, much more dangerous, doesn't worry the cartels; the fact it is cheaper and compact is obviously a big plus
For tranq you can take all this and multiply by ten. The withdrawal can easily kill you, so if you get people to try it just once or twice, you have the perfect customer. Utterly enslaved. Many will die but more will come0 -
In the US people would be going to jail for this.Andy_JS said:
I wasted a lot of time and money a few weeks ago when trying to attend the Post Office Inquiry. They cancelled the hearing after 10 minutes because the Post Office hadn't disclosed all the documents they should have. I was booked in for 2 days.SeaShantyIrish2 said:
"The Inquiry team has been formed within Post Office to resolve certain legacy issues facing Post Office in connection with its dealings with Postmasters."Cyclefree said:Well ......
https://gb.bebee.com/job/20230901-de01d58d210a441dcc2be97237d38377
The section on the Post office as "We're trusted. We're relatable. We're reliable." is vomit inducing. The multiple spelling mistakes and atrocious grammar don't help either. A whole paragraph on EDI but nothing about ethics and compliance with the law.
Legacy issues!
https://www.postofficescandal.uk/post/inquiry-to-consider-yet-more-delays/1 -
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.4 -
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income and wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?2 -
The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns1 -
Who's paying 60-75% of their income in tax?BartholomewRoberts said:
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.1 -
In the UK people would be going to jail for this:Richard_Tyndall said:
In the US people would be going to jail for this.Andy_JS said:
I wasted a lot of time and money a few weeks ago when trying to attend the Post Office Inquiry. They cancelled the hearing after 10 minutes because the Post Office hadn't disclosed all the documents they should have. I was booked in for 2 days.SeaShantyIrish2 said:
"The Inquiry team has been formed within Post Office to resolve certain legacy issues facing Post Office in connection with its dealings with Postmasters."Cyclefree said:Well ......
https://gb.bebee.com/job/20230901-de01d58d210a441dcc2be97237d38377
The section on the Post office as "We're trusted. We're relatable. We're reliable." is vomit inducing. The multiple spelling mistakes and atrocious grammar don't help either. A whole paragraph on EDI but nothing about ethics and compliance with the law.
Legacy issues!
https://www.postofficescandal.uk/post/inquiry-to-consider-yet-more-delays/2 -
Whether you think payments to government owned corporations & interest payments are part of the tax take is perhaps a matter of definition, but it’s important to be clear exactly what we mean.Phil said:
Excerpt from that pdf:Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
Box 1:
Tax receipts and public sector current receipts
Most government revenues come from taxes or social contributions. National
insurance contributions are the UK’s social contributions. In 2022/23,
£916 billion was raised from taxes and social contributions, equivalent to 36%
of GDP.
When ‘other receipts’ such as interest payments on government assets, and
income generated by public corporations are added in we reach the wider
measure of public sector current receipts. In 2022/23, £1,017 billion was raised
from public sector receipts, equivalent to 40% of GDP.
If you want to match government expenditure to income, then you can cut expenditure or you can raise taxes: What are you going to cut? It’s not enough to say “the government should spend less”, that’s just magically thinking. Which services are you going to put on the chopping board?
The state pension is the obvious one, isn't it? After all, we're told that the average pensioner now has more disposable income than the average person of working age.
So fold the state pension into Universal Credit. If you're over 68, then remove the requirement to be actively seeking work - but keep the means testing, and the progressive removal of benefits for those who have savings or other assets of more than £6k. Align the rates with normal UC rates, too (I think pensions are a bit higher by default? I can't see any way to justify that if so).
There are plenty of low-level jobs available for anyone who'd be left out of pocket, and those who have limited capacity for work would get UC at a higher rate anyway.2 -
GDP in 2022 was £2491 billion according to the ONS: https://www.ons.gov.uk/economy/grossdomesticproductgdp/datasets/uksecondestimateofgdpdatatablesRichard_Tyndall said:
For £1,017 billion to be equivalent to 40% of GDP, the UK GDP would have to be £2,542 billion in the year 2022/23.Phil said:
Excerpt from that pdf:Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
Box 1:
Tax receipts and public sector current receipts
Most government revenues come from taxes or social contributions. National
insurance contributions are the UK’s social contributions. In 2022/23,
£916 billion was raised from taxes and social contributions, equivalent to 36%
of GDP.
When ‘other receipts’ such as interest payments on government assets, and
income generated by public corporations are added in we reach the wider
measure of public sector current receipts. In 2022/23, £1,017 billion was raised
from public sector receipts, equivalent to 40% of GDP.
Whether you think payments to government owned corporations & interest payments are part of the tax take is perhaps a matter of definition, but it’s important to be clear exactly what we mean.
If you want to match government expenditure to income, then you can cut expenditure or you can raise taxes: What are you going to cut? It’s not enough to say “the government should spend less”, that’s just magically thinking. Which services are you going to put on the chopping board?
Nowhere I can find is quoting it as anywhere near that large. And if it was that is a jump of of almost 19% from 2021. That really would be something to shout about.
I suspect the difference here is in real vs nominal GDP. Some figures you see will be real & normed to a particular year in the past, but in actual current £ our GDP is > £2.5 trillion.0 -
Hopefully they will in the US as well. But your strawman comment doesn't detract from my point. How many people have gone to jail in the UK over the various financial scandals over the last couple of decades. And how many in the US?Benpointer said:
In the UK people would be going to jail for this:Richard_Tyndall said:
In the US people would be going to jail for this.Andy_JS said:
I wasted a lot of time and money a few weeks ago when trying to attend the Post Office Inquiry. They cancelled the hearing after 10 minutes because the Post Office hadn't disclosed all the documents they should have. I was booked in for 2 days.SeaShantyIrish2 said:
"The Inquiry team has been formed within Post Office to resolve certain legacy issues facing Post Office in connection with its dealings with Postmasters."Cyclefree said:Well ......
https://gb.bebee.com/job/20230901-de01d58d210a441dcc2be97237d38377
The section on the Post office as "We're trusted. We're relatable. We're reliable." is vomit inducing. The multiple spelling mistakes and atrocious grammar don't help either. A whole paragraph on EDI but nothing about ethics and compliance with the law.
Legacy issues!
https://www.postofficescandal.uk/post/inquiry-to-consider-yet-more-delays/
The US actively goes after the big company bosses when things go wrong. We have a quiet word and ask them not to do it again.0 -
They've used some pretty extreme methods wrt the war on drugs in places like the Philippines, and most people seem to be supportive of it.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns0 -
I think if you added the DofE and Ofsted you'd make @ydoethur a very happy man.Malmesbury said:I think I have solved the Post Office issue and the Ukraine war.
During WWII, the Russians used to send punishment battalions at gun point into German mine fields to clear the way.
So chain the Post Office Managers and the lawyers together and March them into the Russian minefields. Nothing of value will be lost.1 -
Some people are paying marginal rates at that level - the combination of the removal of child benefit around £50k & the removal of the tax free allowance > £100k leads to these kind of marginal tax rates.Benpointer said:
Who's paying 60-75% of their income in tax?BartholomewRoberts said:
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.1 -
Calculate the real income tax rate of a single parent who is earning £30k, claiming Universal Credit and could get a £1000 pay rise. £1000 is purely to do the maths, percentages hold for any figure.Benpointer said:
Who's paying 60-75% of their income in tax?BartholomewRoberts said:
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.
Gross income gain £1000
Income Tax 20%
National Insurance 12%
Direct taxation £320
Universal Credit Taper 55% after NI and IT: £680 * 55% = £374
Student Loan Repayments: 9% = £90
Effective Taxation £464
Direct + Effective Taxation = £320 + £464 = £784
Real marginal tax rate 78.4%
Take home pay £216
Note that UC Taper does not take Student Loan repayments into account and as of this year the Student Loan Repayment threshold has been reduced to £25,000 for new students. And of course fiscal drag means people pay these real tax rates even if they're only getting an inflationary pay rise, not a real pay rise.1 -
I see in Switzerland compulsory health insurance costs an average of £3400 per capita too, and is not tied to earnings. Government subsidies apply to those where this is more than 8% of income.Foxy said:If you look at % of GDP of government spending, the UK is in a pretty unremarkable position.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_countries_by_government_spending_as_percentage_of_GDP
The really low spending countries are mostly failed states, with a few interesting exceptions like Taiwan, Singapore and Costa Rica. Even middle income counties are typically in the thirties, with Switzerland being another anomaly in that range.
Pretty much all the countries that a reasonable person of no great wealth would want to live in are in the 40-50% range.
1 -
Is that Boris Yeltsin or Harold Wilson second on the left?Malmesbury said:
Genuine Russian cultural artefactLeon said:
I’m sorry but I also have a Ukraine flag flying from my balconyBenpointer said:
A right-wing nutter.Sunil_Prasannan said:
What kind of nutter has a President Putin mug?Leon said:If we’re doing photos of sundowners then here’s mine. Chase Gin and tonic. Wolf and Dingo and “Ontario rat” knives for display
2 -
.
I mean, he's not very buff, is he?Leon said:
To be fair to Vlad he WAS quite buff. And he was about 50, then?Malmesbury said:
The Matryoshka doll above was banned by Putin & Co. According to my step-mother the shop she bought such things in was raided by the police who took away all the ones featuring Putin as the smallest pieceLeon said:
I love their political kitschMalmesbury said:
Genuine Russian cultural artefactLeon said:
I’m sorry but I also have a Ukraine flag flying from my balconyBenpointer said:
A right-wing nutter.Sunil_Prasannan said:
What kind of nutter has a President Putin mug?Leon said:If we’re doing photos of sundowners then here’s mine. Chase Gin and tonic. Wolf and Dingo and “Ontario rat” knives for display
I bought the Putin mugs in St Petersburg in 2016. I've got one of him bare chested on the horse. Superb
Apparently, ones with Putin as the largest doll are ok with him.
I think this pic of Putin is better
I doubt very much he would take his shirt off today, age 70
Like, there's clearly some steroid use going on to produce that combination of moobs + quasi-six pack (four pack?). But look at his narrow shoulders (and chubby forearms!).
It's all a bit weird and needy.0 -
What I find amusing is that those who go on about it being impossible to cut the size of the State are also the ones who complain about all the waste and inside deals and lining of pockets being done by the current administration. The tens of billions being siphoned off to 'Tory friends in big business'. They also complain abouthow much more expensive it is to get infrastructure projects done in this country than in other parts of Europe.Benpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income and wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
And yet apparently there are no savings to be made.
You can't have it both ways.0 -
From that HoC link you provided: "In 2022/23, UK government raised over £1,017 billion in receipts – income from taxes and other sources. This is equivalent to around 40% of the size of the UK economy..."Richard_Tyndall said:
You had better tell the HoC library they have it wrong then. And even better identify where they have it wrong given they have the specific figures there.Benpointer said:Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
The OBR Public Finances Databank, freely downloadable here https://obr.uk/download/public-finances-databank-august-2023/ shows £2,531.9bn GDP and £1,024.3bn public sector current receipts. That's 40.4%.
Forecast figures for 2023/24 are £2,573.2bn GDP and £1,057.6bn tax take respectively giving 41.1%.0 -
In the past year, inside IR35, I have paid 57% of my day rate to the Government. That is the overall for the year, not just some unusually high part of it. Not quite the 60% but not far off.Benpointer said:
Who's paying 60-75% of their income in tax?BartholomewRoberts said:
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.4 -
How many big bank bosses in the US have gone to jail over the GFC?Richard_Tyndall said:
Hopefully they will in the US as well. But your strawman comment doesn't detract from my point. How many people have gone to jail in the UK over the various financial scandals over the last couple of decades. And how many in the US?Benpointer said:
In the UK people would be going to jail for this:Richard_Tyndall said:
In the US people would be going to jail for this.Andy_JS said:
I wasted a lot of time and money a few weeks ago when trying to attend the Post Office Inquiry. They cancelled the hearing after 10 minutes because the Post Office hadn't disclosed all the documents they should have. I was booked in for 2 days.SeaShantyIrish2 said:
"The Inquiry team has been formed within Post Office to resolve certain legacy issues facing Post Office in connection with its dealings with Postmasters."Cyclefree said:Well ......
https://gb.bebee.com/job/20230901-de01d58d210a441dcc2be97237d38377
The section on the Post office as "We're trusted. We're relatable. We're reliable." is vomit inducing. The multiple spelling mistakes and atrocious grammar don't help either. A whole paragraph on EDI but nothing about ethics and compliance with the law.
Legacy issues!
https://www.postofficescandal.uk/post/inquiry-to-consider-yet-more-delays/
The US actively goes after the big company bosses when things go wrong. We have a quiet word and ask them not to do it again.
Here both Adoboli and Hayes went to prison (and I was involved in both those cases, as well as others where insider dealers went to prison).
And, now, because of the US Hayes might get his conviction overturned. I am furious because there is stuff I know about him, which I cannot reveal, which shows that he is not the little innocent he claims to be.
0 -
How do you propose to deal with the Sacklurs and their role in the Oxycontin scandal? Make them patrons of another arts charity?Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns0 -
I’m not sure whether you or Leon has studied the pic in close up more.AlsoLei said:.
I mean, he's not very buff, is he?Leon said:
To be fair to Vlad he WAS quite buff. And he was about 50, then?Malmesbury said:
The Matryoshka doll above was banned by Putin & Co. According to my step-mother the shop she bought such things in was raided by the police who took away all the ones featuring Putin as the smallest pieceLeon said:
I love their political kitschMalmesbury said:
Genuine Russian cultural artefactLeon said:
I’m sorry but I also have a Ukraine flag flying from my balconyBenpointer said:
A right-wing nutter.Sunil_Prasannan said:
What kind of nutter has a President Putin mug?Leon said:If we’re doing photos of sundowners then here’s mine. Chase Gin and tonic. Wolf and Dingo and “Ontario rat” knives for display
I bought the Putin mugs in St Petersburg in 2016. I've got one of him bare chested on the horse. Superb
Apparently, ones with Putin as the largest doll are ok with him.
I think this pic of Putin is better
I doubt very much he would take his shirt off today, age 70
Like, there's clearly some steroid use going on to produce that combination of moobs + quasi-six pack (four pack?). But look at his narrow shoulders (and chubby forearms!).
It's all a bit weird and needy.2 -
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc2 -
You can have it both ways: you can cut corruption and fund public services properly.Richard_Tyndall said:
What I find amusing is that those who go on about it being impossible to cut the size of the State are also the ones who complain about all the waste and inside deals and lining of pockets being done by the current administration. The tens of billions being siphoned off to 'Tory friends in big business'. They also complain abouthow much more expensive it is to get infrastructure projects done in this country than in other parts of Europe.Benpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income and wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
And yet apparently there are no savings to be made.
You can't have it both ways.
But with insider dealing and other corruption we are talking million not billions. You are intelligent enough to know that clamping down on insider deals is a) not going to plug the hole an public finances but b) is the right thing to do in any event.
0 -
..and be taxed rather than funding criminal gangs.BartholomewRoberts said:
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc
As an aside, it's rather ironic that a number on here who rail loudest against illegal immigration and imported gang violence are also the ones who indulge in their recreational drug habit... which funds the former.2 -
I suspect we all know. Remind me, which one has the mug?Theuniondivvie said:
I’m not sure whether you or Leon has studied the pic in close up more.AlsoLei said:.
I mean, he's not very buff, is he?Leon said:
To be fair to Vlad he WAS quite buff. And he was about 50, then?Malmesbury said:
The Matryoshka doll above was banned by Putin & Co. According to my step-mother the shop she bought such things in was raided by the police who took away all the ones featuring Putin as the smallest pieceLeon said:
I love their political kitschMalmesbury said:
Genuine Russian cultural artefactLeon said:
I’m sorry but I also have a Ukraine flag flying from my balconyBenpointer said:
A right-wing nutter.Sunil_Prasannan said:
What kind of nutter has a President Putin mug?Leon said:If we’re doing photos of sundowners then here’s mine. Chase Gin and tonic. Wolf and Dingo and “Ontario rat” knives for display
I bought the Putin mugs in St Petersburg in 2016. I've got one of him bare chested on the horse. Superb
Apparently, ones with Putin as the largest doll are ok with him.
I think this pic of Putin is better
I doubt very much he would take his shirt off today, age 70
Like, there's clearly some steroid use going on to produce that combination of moobs + quasi-six pack (four pack?). But look at his narrow shoulders (and chubby forearms!).
It's all a bit weird and needy.1 -
Completely agreed.Benpointer said:
..and be taxed rather than funding criminal gangs.BartholomewRoberts said:
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc
As an aside, it's rather ironic that a number on here who rail loudest against illegal immigration and imported gang violence are also the ones who indulge in their recreational drug habit... which funds the former.
Did you see my reply to your question asking who pays 60-75%?
Do you agree with my numbers that the real marginal tax rate for that individual is 78.4%? And that was just one example, you can do others, and for someone supposedly on a 20% tax band not a "high earner". I meant to specify in the intro that they were a graduate.0 -
But Fentanyl is better. Miles betterBartholomewRoberts said:
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc
So the dealers would come in and offer Fent and Tranq at a discount, or indeed free for the first use (a known technique). They get you hooked on the "better" shit, then you're fucked and addicted, and your policy falls apart at the first hurdle
I used to believe in drugs legalisation quite strongly. In the face of these news drugs I have changed my mind. They are FAR too dangerous0 -
I want you to have police that will investigate if you are burgled, and GPs you can get an appointment with. I think, in the short term, the best way of achieving that is voting out the Tories, who have proven they can't do these things. You're sceptical whether any other party in power can deliver these things, but I think it's worth trying!Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
If you're finding it hard to make ends meet, no, you should not be paying more tax. I'm guessing part of your expenditure is housing costs, so that's something the country could do something about by building more houses. If we bring down housing costs, we put more money in most people's pockets without changing tax rates.2 -
Who are these people who indulge - present tense - in their recreational drug habit?Benpointer said:
..and be taxed rather than funding criminal gangs.BartholomewRoberts said:
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc
As an aside, it's rather ironic that a number on here who rail loudest against illegal immigration and imported gang violence are also the ones who indulge in their recreational drug habit... which funds the former.0 -
If fentanyl is miles better, all the more reason it should be distributed and taxed via Boots rather than criminals.Leon said:
But Fentanyl is better. Miles betterBartholomewRoberts said:
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc
So the dealers would come in and offer Fent and Tranq at a discount, or indeed free for the first use (a known technique). They get you hooked on the "better" shit, then you're fucked and addicted, and your policy falls apart at the first hurdle
I used to believe in drugs legalisation quite strongly. In the face of these news drugs I have changed my mind. They are FAR too dangerous
Boots presumably wouldn't do a bait and switch like that.0 -
Without wishing to know your personal details, how in general does that work? ICT + ee's NIC + do you have to pay er's NIC?Richard_Tyndall said:
In the past year, inside IR35, I have paid 57% of my day rate to the Government. That is the overall for the year, not just some unusually high part of it. Not quite the 60% but not far off.Benpointer said:
Who's paying 60-75% of their income in tax?BartholomewRoberts said:
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.2 -
So now you're gonna hand out Fentanyl at Boots. Genius. What about Tranq, which is even better than Fentanyl?BartholomewRoberts said:
If fentanyl is miles better, all the more reason it should be distributed and taxed via Boots rather than criminals.Leon said:
But Fentanyl is better. Miles betterBartholomewRoberts said:
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc
So the dealers would come in and offer Fent and Tranq at a discount, or indeed free for the first use (a known technique). They get you hooked on the "better" shit, then you're fucked and addicted, and your policy falls apart at the first hurdle
I used to believe in drugs legalisation quite strongly. In the face of these news drugs I have changed my mind. They are FAR too dangerous
Boots presumably wouldn't do a bait and switch like that.0 -
A marginal tax rate, the tax I would pay if I earned £1 more, is not the same as the overall tax rate I am paying on all my income.Phil said:
Some people are paying marginal rates at that level - the combination of the removal of child benefit around £50k & the removal of the tax free allowance > £100k leads to these kind of marginal tax rates.Benpointer said:
Who's paying 60-75% of their income in tax?BartholomewRoberts said:
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.0 -
I pay a bit over 53% of my total income in tax (inc. NI & student loan repayment). I'm still saving for a deposit on a flat, so all those who smugly say "oh yeah, just pay more into your pension to avoid the 60% marginal rate" can go fuck themselves - what use is a pension when rent in 30 years' time would overwhelm anything I could reasonably hope to get?Benpointer said:
Who's paying 60-75% of their income in tax?BrtholomewRoberts said:
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.
As I understand it, between 20-50 years ago both the Tories and New Labour held out the idea that if you work hard, you'd be able to look after yourself and maybe even own a house and have a family. But now it's a case of "fuck you, you should have had rich grandparents".
It's simply not sustainable. I can't understand why anyone thinks it is.3 -
Not hand it out. Sell it, and tax it, and have the appropriate health warnings and health treatment options available.Leon said:
So now you're gonna hand out Fentanyl at Boots. Genius. What about Tranq, which is even better than Fentanyl?BartholomewRoberts said:
If fentanyl is miles better, all the more reason it should be distributed and taxed via Boots rather than criminals.Leon said:
But Fentanyl is better. Miles betterBartholomewRoberts said:
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc
So the dealers would come in and offer Fent and Tranq at a discount, or indeed free for the first use (a known technique). They get you hooked on the "better" shit, then you're fucked and addicted, and your policy falls apart at the first hurdle
I used to believe in drugs legalisation quite strongly. In the face of these news drugs I have changed my mind. They are FAR too dangerous
Boots presumably wouldn't do a bait and switch like that.
But at least its purchasers would know the purity of what they're buying - and Boots would be a better place to facilitate treatment options than drug dealers.1 -
Tranq is so powerful it can get you addicted from the first hit, the withdrawal is so dangerous it can kill you with seizures, and the high is so intense it leaves you immobile on the ground for hours so you get open weeping sores and your legs are chopped offBartholomewRoberts said:
Not hand it out. Sell it, and tax it, and have the appropriate health warnings and health treatment options available.Leon said:
So now you're gonna hand out Fentanyl at Boots. Genius. What about Tranq, which is even better than Fentanyl?BartholomewRoberts said:
If fentanyl is miles better, all the more reason it should be distributed and taxed via Boots rather than criminals.Leon said:
But Fentanyl is better. Miles betterBartholomewRoberts said:
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc
So the dealers would come in and offer Fent and Tranq at a discount, or indeed free for the first use (a known technique). They get you hooked on the "better" shit, then you're fucked and addicted, and your policy falls apart at the first hurdle
I used to believe in drugs legalisation quite strongly. In the face of these news drugs I have changed my mind. They are FAR too dangerous
Boots presumably wouldn't do a bait and switch like that.
But at least its purchasers would know the purity of what they're buying - and Boots would be a better place to facilitate treatment options than drug dealers.
That's from day 1
You want to hand it out at Boots?0 -
Marginal tax rate is the more important tax rate though. It is the rate at which it prompts people into thinking about whether they should do extra hours, extra shifts, or should they take a promotion. Or if they take a promotion, should they engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.bondegezou said:
A marginal tax rate, the tax I would pay if I earned £1 more, is not the same as the overall tax rate I am paying on all my income.Phil said:
Some people are paying marginal rates at that level - the combination of the removal of child benefit around £50k & the removal of the tax free allowance > £100k leads to these kind of marginal tax rates.Benpointer said:
Who's paying 60-75% of their income in tax?BartholomewRoberts said:
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.
It is also the tax rate that fiscal drag causes, which means that if 78.4% of your marginal pay rise is gobbled up by effective taxation, then if you get an inflation-meeting pay rise (lucky you) you only have 21.4% of that inflationary pay rises to pay for inflationary costs - but costs take 100% of inflation, not 21% of it.
This is why taxes are better when they're flatter and simpler. It doesn't cause oddities, or NYC skylines of tax rates, and means everyone pays more consistent rates rather than extreme amounts or minimal amounts depending upon your circumstances.2 -
With the appropriate education and health warnings, yes.Leon said:
Tranq is so powerful it can get you addicted from the first hit, the withdrawal is so dangerous it can kill you with seizures, and the high is so intense it leaves you immobile on the ground for hours so you get open weeping sores and your legs are chopped offBartholomewRoberts said:
Not hand it out. Sell it, and tax it, and have the appropriate health warnings and health treatment options available.Leon said:
So now you're gonna hand out Fentanyl at Boots. Genius. What about Tranq, which is even better than Fentanyl?BartholomewRoberts said:
If fentanyl is miles better, all the more reason it should be distributed and taxed via Boots rather than criminals.Leon said:
But Fentanyl is better. Miles betterBartholomewRoberts said:
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc
So the dealers would come in and offer Fent and Tranq at a discount, or indeed free for the first use (a known technique). They get you hooked on the "better" shit, then you're fucked and addicted, and your policy falls apart at the first hurdle
I used to believe in drugs legalisation quite strongly. In the face of these news drugs I have changed my mind. They are FAR too dangerous
Boots presumably wouldn't do a bait and switch like that.
But at least its purchasers would know the purity of what they're buying - and Boots would be a better place to facilitate treatment options than drug dealers.
That's from day 1
You want to hand it out at Boots?
Hopefully properly educated and without any bait and switch though, nobody would be stupid enough to buy it, but if they are, they're not getting it from drug dealers who are baiting and switching others into taking it.0 -
Don’t tell ‘im, Pike!Theuniondivvie said:
I’m not sure whether you or Leon has studied the pic in close up more.AlsoLei said:.
I mean, he's not very buff, is he?Leon said:
To be fair to Vlad he WAS quite buff. And he was about 50, then?Malmesbury said:
The Matryoshka doll above was banned by Putin & Co. According to my step-mother the shop she bought such things in was raided by the police who took away all the ones featuring Putin as the smallest pieceLeon said:
I love their political kitschMalmesbury said:
Genuine Russian cultural artefactLeon said:
I’m sorry but I also have a Ukraine flag flying from my balconyBenpointer said:
A right-wing nutter.Sunil_Prasannan said:
What kind of nutter has a President Putin mug?Leon said:If we’re doing photos of sundowners then here’s mine. Chase Gin and tonic. Wolf and Dingo and “Ontario rat” knives for display
I bought the Putin mugs in St Petersburg in 2016. I've got one of him bare chested on the horse. Superb
Apparently, ones with Putin as the largest doll are ok with him.
I think this pic of Putin is better
I doubt very much he would take his shirt off today, age 70
Like, there's clearly some steroid use going on to produce that combination of moobs + quasi-six pack (four pack?). But look at his narrow shoulders (and chubby forearms!).
It's all a bit weird and needy.0 -
Marginal tax rates are important, yes. But they're still different from overall tax rates, which are also important.BartholomewRoberts said:
Marginal tax rate is the more important tax rate though. It is the rate at which it prompts people into thinking about whether they should do extra hours, extra shifts, or should they take a promotion. Or if they take a promotion, should they engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.bondegezou said:
A marginal tax rate, the tax I would pay if I earned £1 more, is not the same as the overall tax rate I am paying on all my income.Phil said:
Some people are paying marginal rates at that level - the combination of the removal of child benefit around £50k & the removal of the tax free allowance > £100k leads to these kind of marginal tax rates.Benpointer said:
Who's paying 60-75% of their income in tax?BartholomewRoberts said:
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.
It is also the tax rate that fiscal drag causes, which means that if 78.4% of your marginal pay rise is gobbled up by effective taxation, then if you get an inflation-meeting pay rise (lucky you) you only have 21.4% of that inflationary pay rises to pay for inflationary costs - but costs take 100% of inflation, not 21% of it.
This is why taxes are better when they're flatter and simpler. It doesn't cause oddities, or NYC skylines of tax rates, and means everyone pays more consistent rates rather than extreme amounts or minimal amounts depending upon your circumstances.0 -
You'd have hundreds of thousands of people buying an incredibly dangerous drug from the government (because Tranq is GOOD), with about 10% of them dying of it every year (going by American stats)BartholomewRoberts said:
With the appropriate education and health warnings, yes.Leon said:
Tranq is so powerful it can get you addicted from the first hit, the withdrawal is so dangerous it can kill you with seizures, and the high is so intense it leaves you immobile on the ground for hours so you get open weeping sores and your legs are chopped offBartholomewRoberts said:
Not hand it out. Sell it, and tax it, and have the appropriate health warnings and health treatment options available.Leon said:
So now you're gonna hand out Fentanyl at Boots. Genius. What about Tranq, which is even better than Fentanyl?BartholomewRoberts said:
If fentanyl is miles better, all the more reason it should be distributed and taxed via Boots rather than criminals.Leon said:
But Fentanyl is better. Miles betterBartholomewRoberts said:
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc
So the dealers would come in and offer Fent and Tranq at a discount, or indeed free for the first use (a known technique). They get you hooked on the "better" shit, then you're fucked and addicted, and your policy falls apart at the first hurdle
I used to believe in drugs legalisation quite strongly. In the face of these news drugs I have changed my mind. They are FAR too dangerous
Boots presumably wouldn't do a bait and switch like that.
But at least its purchasers would know the purity of what they're buying - and Boots would be a better place to facilitate treatment options than drug dealers.
That's from day 1
You want to hand it out at Boots?
Hopefully properly educated and without any bait and switch though, nobody would be stupid enough to buy it, but if they are, they're not getting it from drug dealers who are baiting and switching others into taking it.
Call me Professor Skeptical-pants, but I doubt any sane government could ever risk that, and the ensuing legal bills. So you're back to square 1. Prohibition of drugs
This is why legalisation is no longer a go-er, sadly0 -
Last time @Leon showed us his mugs, I believe they were Moomin ones by Iittala - so he does at least have some degree of good taste!Benpointer said:
I suspect we all know. Remind me, which one has the mug?Theuniondivvie said:
I’m not sure whether you or Leon has studied the pic in close up more.AlsoLei said:.
I mean, he's not very buff, is he?Leon said:
To be fair to Vlad he WAS quite buff. And he was about 50, then?Malmesbury said:
The Matryoshka doll above was banned by Putin & Co. According to my step-mother the shop she bought such things in was raided by the police who took away all the ones featuring Putin as the smallest pieceLeon said:
I love their political kitschMalmesbury said:
Genuine Russian cultural artefactLeon said:
I’m sorry but I also have a Ukraine flag flying from my balconyBenpointer said:
A right-wing nutter.Sunil_Prasannan said:
What kind of nutter has a President Putin mug?Leon said:If we’re doing photos of sundowners then here’s mine. Chase Gin and tonic. Wolf and Dingo and “Ontario rat” knives for display
I bought the Putin mugs in St Petersburg in 2016. I've got one of him bare chested on the horse. Superb
Apparently, ones with Putin as the largest doll are ok with him.
I think this pic of Putin is better
I doubt very much he would take his shirt off today, age 70
Like, there's clearly some steroid use going on to produce that combination of moobs + quasi-six pack (four pack?). But look at his narrow shoulders (and chubby forearms!).
It's all a bit weird and needy.0 -
If we had flat taxes, they wouldn't be different.bondegezou said:
Marginal tax rates are important, yes. But they're still different from overall tax rates, which are also important.BartholomewRoberts said:
Marginal tax rate is the more important tax rate though. It is the rate at which it prompts people into thinking about whether they should do extra hours, extra shifts, or should they take a promotion. Or if they take a promotion, should they engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.bondegezou said:
A marginal tax rate, the tax I would pay if I earned £1 more, is not the same as the overall tax rate I am paying on all my income.Phil said:
Some people are paying marginal rates at that level - the combination of the removal of child benefit around £50k & the removal of the tax free allowance > £100k leads to these kind of marginal tax rates.Benpointer said:
Who's paying 60-75% of their income in tax?BartholomewRoberts said:
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.
It is also the tax rate that fiscal drag causes, which means that if 78.4% of your marginal pay rise is gobbled up by effective taxation, then if you get an inflation-meeting pay rise (lucky you) you only have 21.4% of that inflationary pay rises to pay for inflationary costs - but costs take 100% of inflation, not 21% of it.
This is why taxes are better when they're flatter and simpler. It doesn't cause oddities, or NYC skylines of tax rates, and means everyone pays more consistent rates rather than extreme amounts or minimal amounts depending upon your circumstances.
Either way though, if people are paying a real marginal tax rate of 78.4% then do you think that might be a tad too high?
Do you think that might discourage work, discourage people from seeking opportunities to earn more or progress? Or might encourage them to seek methods of cash in hand tax evasion?1 -
.
Though you claimed people were getting hooked on these drugs by bait and switch etcLeon said:
You'd have hundreds of thousands of people buying an incredibly dangerous drug from the government (because Tranq is GOOD), with about 10% of them dying of it every year (going by American stats)BartholomewRoberts said:
With the appropriate education and health warnings, yes.Leon said:
Tranq is so powerful it can get you addicted from the first hit, the withdrawal is so dangerous it can kill you with seizures, and the high is so intense it leaves you immobile on the ground for hours so you get open weeping sores and your legs are chopped offBartholomewRoberts said:
Not hand it out. Sell it, and tax it, and have the appropriate health warnings and health treatment options available.Leon said:
So now you're gonna hand out Fentanyl at Boots. Genius. What about Tranq, which is even better than Fentanyl?BartholomewRoberts said:
If fentanyl is miles better, all the more reason it should be distributed and taxed via Boots rather than criminals.Leon said:
But Fentanyl is better. Miles betterBartholomewRoberts said:
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc
So the dealers would come in and offer Fent and Tranq at a discount, or indeed free for the first use (a known technique). They get you hooked on the "better" shit, then you're fucked and addicted, and your policy falls apart at the first hurdle
I used to believe in drugs legalisation quite strongly. In the face of these news drugs I have changed my mind. They are FAR too dangerous
Boots presumably wouldn't do a bait and switch like that.
But at least its purchasers would know the purity of what they're buying - and Boots would be a better place to facilitate treatment options than drug dealers.
That's from day 1
You want to hand it out at Boots?
Hopefully properly educated and without any bait and switch though, nobody would be stupid enough to buy it, but if they are, they're not getting it from drug dealers who are baiting and switching others into taking it.
Call me Professor Skeptical-pants, but I doubt any sane government could ever risk that, and the ensuing legal bills. So you're back to square 1. Prohibition of drugs
This is why legalisation is no longer a go-er, sadly
Cut out the drug dealers, that won't happen anymore.0 -
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?0 -
Have we had this?
https://www.theguardian.com/education/2023/sep/03/jeremy-hunt-under-fire-after-treasury-says-no-new-cash-to-fix-raac-in-schools
I did say earlier that the Tories Do Not Care about kids education. And now the Treasury prove my point.2 -
Housing again is the root of the problem.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
Until you get to almost insane incomes, it almost doesn't matter what your income level is, you are going to struggle to make ends meet if you're renting. Especially since higher incomes tend to be in higher housing cost areas.
If you're living mortgage-free, rent-free on the other hand, then you're set. Your living costs are a fraction of other people's living costs.
And our tax system means that those who are renting, who are working to make ends meet and pay their rent and try to save for a deposit, pay the highest tax rates.
While those who live rent and mortgage free, or have income they don't work for like charging others rent, or pensions etc, pay the lowest tax rates.
The system could not be more broken, if you tried.
The left and right are both correct. Taxes are both too low, and too high, it all depends upon your situation.2 -
The government is a criminal gang whether labour or tory or libdemBenpointer said:
..and be taxed rather than funding criminal gangs.BartholomewRoberts said:
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc
As an aside, it's rather ironic that a number on here who rail loudest against illegal immigration and imported gang violence are also the ones who indulge in their recreational drug habit... which funds the former.0 -
"Blasphemy law is no answer to bigotry in the wake of Denmark’s Qur’an burnings
Kenan Malik
A proposed ban on abuse of religious objects only helps to silence critics and dissenters"
https://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2023/sep/03/blasphemy-law-is-no-answer-to-bigotry-in-the-wake-of-denmarks-quran-burnings0 -
It's worth noting that employees really should be including ER NICs when comparing rates with freelancers, contractors, or people outside of the UK.Benpointer said:
Without wishing to know your personal details, how in general does that work? ICT + ee's NIC + do you have to pay er's NIC?Richard_Tyndall said:
In the past year, inside IR35, I have paid 57% of my day rate to the Government. That is the overall for the year, not just some unusually high part of it. Not quite the 60% but not far off.Benpointer said:
Who's paying 60-75% of their income in tax?BartholomewRoberts said:
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.
In particular, lots of people do themselves down by not including it when negotiating salaries for new jobs.1 -
As I have said several times on here, I would roll NI into Income Tax (thus extend it to unearned and pension income), introduce a wealth tax targeting the wealthiest 10%, and increase inheritance tax. None of those are likely to adversely impact you.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?1 -
Ben however would say they can take a shed load more tax off me as I am well off by income....mid 50k. Take another for example 200 a month off me and I am looking at eating beans on toast to make the food lastBartholomewRoberts said:
Housing again is the root of the problem.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
Until you get to almost insane incomes, it almost doesn't matter what your income level is, you are going to struggle to make ends meet if you're renting. Especially since higher incomes tend to be in higher housing cost areas.
If you're living mortgage-free, rent-free on the other hand, then you're set. Your living costs are a fraction of other people's living costs.
And our tax system means that those who are renting, who are working to make ends meet and pay their rent and try to save for a deposit, pay the highest tax rates.
While those who live rent and mortgage free, or have income they don't work for like charging others rent, or pensions etc, pay the lowest tax rates.
The system could not be more broken, if you tried.
The left and right are both correct. Taxes are both too low, and too high, it all depends upon your situation.0 -
And what happens when as expected it raises the square root of bugger all as all countries that have tried it found? Yes you will expand it downwardsBenpointer said:
As I have said several times on here, I would roll NI into Income Tax (thus extend it to unearned and pension income), introduce a wealth tax targeting the wealthiest 10%, and increase inheritance tax. None of those are likely to adversely impact you.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?0 -
Just seen it now. Haven't checked your numbers but I don't dispute them. Freezing the personal allowances was a deeply nasty stealth tax.BartholomewRoberts said:
Completely agreed.Benpointer said:
..and be taxed rather than funding criminal gangs.BartholomewRoberts said:
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc
As an aside, it's rather ironic that a number on here who rail loudest against illegal immigration and imported gang violence are also the ones who indulge in their recreational drug habit... which funds the former.
Did you see my reply to your question asking who pays 60-75%?
Do you agree with my numbers that the real marginal tax rate for that individual is 78.4%? And that was just one example, you can do others, and for someone supposedly on a 20% tax band not a "high earner". I meant to specify in the intro that they were a graduate.2 -
I would roll NI into Income TaxBenpointer said:
As I have said several times on here, I would roll NI into Income Tax (thus extend it to unearned and pension income), introduce a wealth tax targeting the wealthiest 10%, and increase inheritance tax. None of those are likely to adversely impact you.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
Abolish both Stamp Duty and Council Tax and replace with a Land Value Tax, paid by the owner not the tenant. This tax would be higher if not the primary residence of the owner (ie second homes or letting).
Abolish Inheritance Tax, simply apply Income Tax (which now would include NI of course) to the entire inheritance received instead.
Long term I would seek to abolish Employers NI, but that might be difficult to achieve immediately.1 -
Like the IHT idea. CT too.BartholomewRoberts said:
I would roll NI into Income TaxBenpointer said:
As I have said several times on here, I would roll NI into Income Tax (thus extend it to unearned and pension income), introduce a wealth tax targeting the wealthiest 10%, and increase inheritance tax. None of those are likely to adversely impact you.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
Abolish both Stamp Duty and Council Tax and replace with a Land Value Tax, paid by the owner not the tenant. This tax would be higher if not the primary residence of the owner (ie second homes or letting).
Abolish Inheritance Tax, simply apply Income Tax (which now would include NI of course) to the entire inheritance received instead.
Long term I would seek to abolish Employers NI, but that might be difficult to achieve immediately.0 -
Zelensky has dismissed Defense Minister Reznikov0
-
One could legalize some drugs but not others. Like now.
Happy to elaborate if required. I'm available most days.1 -
You really are the most depressing poster on here.Pagan2 said:
And what happens when as expected it raises the square root of bugger all as all countries that have tried it found? Yes you will expand it downwardsBenpointer said:
As I have said several times on here, I would roll NI into Income Tax (thus extend it to unearned and pension income), introduce a wealth tax targeting the wealthiest 10%, and increase inheritance tax. None of those are likely to adversely impact you.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
If you are right, you might as well just accept that life is shit and then you die; nothing will ever change for the better.0 -
That was trailed a few days ago. I think he's expected to become the ambassador to the UK.geoffw said:Zelensky has dismissed Defense Minister Reznikov
2 -
Good stuff, Mr Roberts. The quibble is that if we are to tax the value of the site - just the site and its potential, not the buildings - then it does not matter in the slightest whether it is the primary residence or not.BartholomewRoberts said:
I would roll NI into Income TaxBenpointer said:
As I have said several times on here, I would roll NI into Income Tax (thus extend it to unearned and pension income), introduce a wealth tax targeting the wealthiest 10%, and increase inheritance tax. None of those are likely to adversely impact you.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
Abolish both Stamp Duty and Council Tax and replace with a Land Value Tax, paid by the owner not the tenant. This tax would be higher if not the primary residence of the owner (ie second homes or letting).
Abolish Inheritance Tax, simply apply Income Tax (which now would include NI of course) to the entire inheritance received instead.
Long term I would seek to abolish Employers NI, but that might be difficult to achieve immediately.
You are so very nearly on board with Lib Dem policy. Congratulations!2 -
But Bart's right here.Pagan2 said:
Ben however would say they can take a shed load more tax off me as I am well off by income....mid 50k. Take another for example 200 a month off me and I am looking at eating beans on toast to make the food lastBartholomewRoberts said:
Housing again is the root of the problem.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
Until you get to almost insane incomes, it almost doesn't matter what your income level is, you are going to struggle to make ends meet if you're renting. Especially since higher incomes tend to be in higher housing cost areas.
If you're living mortgage-free, rent-free on the other hand, then you're set. Your living costs are a fraction of other people's living costs.
And our tax system means that those who are renting, who are working to make ends meet and pay their rent and try to save for a deposit, pay the highest tax rates.
While those who live rent and mortgage free, or have income they don't work for like charging others rent, or pensions etc, pay the lowest tax rates.
The system could not be more broken, if you tried.
The left and right are both correct. Taxes are both too low, and too high, it all depends upon your situation.
Suppose- somehow- the government found a way of cutting everyone's taxes by £100 a month. It really wouldn't be long before your rent increased to syphon that money off you. Because in most places, the going rate for housing is "every last penny you have".
Hence the Two Nations thing we see here and elsewhere. People who rent, or bought recently, having a rubbish time of it. People with paid off mortgages wondering what the fuss is about.1 -
Wealth taxes do raise bugger all, they're too easily dodged.Pagan2 said:
And what happens when as expected it raises the square root of bugger all as all countries that have tried it found? Yes you will expand it downwardsBenpointer said:
As I have said several times on here, I would roll NI into Income Tax (thus extend it to unearned and pension income), introduce a wealth tax targeting the wealthiest 10%, and increase inheritance tax. None of those are likely to adversely impact you.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
Property taxes do not. You can't easily dodge them.
Equalising tax rates will not raise bugger all either, it would raise tax receipts. And will mean that tax rates can be lower for those who are currently subject to too high tax rates.
Why should someone who works hard for £55k pay your tax rate, while someone who gets £55k gifted to them via inheritance gets it completely tax free? If those tax rates were the same, yours could be lower, and the person receiving the inheritance is still getting a bonus on top of whatever income they earn even if they pay income tax on that.
Land should be higher taxed in this country than it is, there are good economic and philosophical reasons to justify that.
Earned Income is far too highly taxed.
The problem isn't economics, its politics.3 -
Even those who have mortgages have, until very very recently, been in a much better position than those who rent.BartholomewRoberts said:
Housing again is the root of the problem.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
Until you get to almost insane incomes, it almost doesn't matter what your income level is, you are going to struggle to make ends meet if you're renting. Especially since higher incomes tend to be in higher housing cost areas.
If you're living mortgage-free, rent-free on the other hand, then you're set. Your living costs are a fraction of other people's living costs.
And our tax system means that those who are renting, who are working to make ends meet and pay their rent and try to save for a deposit, pay the highest tax rates.
While those who live rent and mortgage free, or have income they don't work for like charging others rent, or pensions etc, pay the lowest tax rates.
The system could not be more broken, if you tried.
The left and right are both correct. Taxes are both too low, and too high, it all depends upon your situation.
For example, we had someone on PB who recently reported that a family member's mortgage on a 5 bedroom house in a nice part of SW London was likely going to triple to £6k per month. That implies that their current mortgage costs a little less than my current rent on a north-facing single aspect lower ground floor studio flat (aka a cave) on the fringe of zone 2. Which is completely mind-boggling, when you think about it.
How do we fix this? Fiddling around with tax incentives or ever-more-complex help to buy-type schemes isn't going to solve anything in the long run, it just shuffles the problem round to other people. We need to build, build, build. Build the sort of flats and houses that people want to buy in the places they want to live.
Barty wants suburban semis with two-car garages on the outskirts of conurbations. I want high-density mansion blocks and 8 storey tenements in city centres. Let's do both!3 -
The kindest description is utter cowardice- raising taxes (a lot) by a bit of technical gobbledegook in one speech.Benpointer said:
Just seen it now. Haven't checked your numbers but I don't dispute them. Freezing the personal allowances was a deeply nasty stealth tax.BartholomewRoberts said:
Completely agreed.Benpointer said:
..and be taxed rather than funding criminal gangs.BartholomewRoberts said:
BiB: All the more reason to legalise drugs.Leon said:The superiority of Fentanyl as a recreational drug
https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/feared-illicit-fentanyl-now-drug-choice-many-opioids-users-rcna40418
"One of the deadliest street drugs, illicit fentanyl, has transitioned from a hidden killer that people often hope to avoid to one that many drug users now seek out on its own.
"The shift to intentional use of fentanyl underscores a worrying trend in the country's ongoing opioid epidemic, experts say: That a growing number of people have become so tolerant to opioids like heroin, that they're turning to the synthetic compound, which is up to 50 times stronger."
And
"Mary Ward, president of the McLeod Addiction Center in Charlotte, North Carolina, has noticed the shift toward a preference for fentanyl in her home state. "Some people thought they were buying heroin on the street, and it turned out to be fentanyl," Ward said. "They ended up liking it better."
"Alex Kral, a Berkeley, California-based epidemiologist who studies illicit drugs at the nonprofit research institute RTI International, said he's heard from users that once they start using fentanyl, it's very tough to go back to using heroin, because they don’t get the same high"
This is why the War on Drugs debate is basically irrelevant, now. We cannot allow this horribly addictive stuff to get a grip on Britain's cities. And Tranq is ten times worse than Fentanyl in every way. WORSE THAN FENTANYL
I can see why Trumpites are talking about a REAL war on drugs. Going into Mexico and massacring people, the way the cartels are massacring Americans in American downtowns
If people were buying their heroin from Boots, instead of drug dealers, it would not be fentanyl instead, or laced with other substances. It would be exactly what they ordered, at the right purity etc
As an aside, it's rather ironic that a number on here who rail loudest against illegal immigration and imported gang violence are also the ones who indulge in their recreational drug habit... which funds the former.
Did you see my reply to your question asking who pays 60-75%?
Do you agree with my numbers that the real marginal tax rate for that individual is 78.4%? And that was just one example, you can do others, and for someone supposedly on a 20% tax band not a "high earner". I meant to specify in the intro that they were a graduate.
The class war description is that lower thresholds coupled with lower rates (still the Sunak aspiration) leaves poorer people paying more tax and richer people paying less. Jolly bad show.3 -
I was just hit with some unexpected bills last week. A boiler repair call-out I hadn't been expecting and the the factors (building maintenance people). £95 and £300 respectively. As it is this takes me into "oh well, no new glasses for me this month, Or anything beyond the basics for food.". I'd hate to think if I was just scraping by on a minimum wage retrail job.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?2 -
I never did say that though did I?Pagan2 said:
Ben however would say they can take a shed load more tax off me as I am well off by income....mid 50k. Take another for example 200 a month off me and I am looking at eating beans on toast to make the food lastBartholomewRoberts said:
Housing again is the root of the problem.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
Until you get to almost insane incomes, it almost doesn't matter what your income level is, you are going to struggle to make ends meet if you're renting. Especially since higher incomes tend to be in higher housing cost areas.
If you're living mortgage-free, rent-free on the other hand, then you're set. Your living costs are a fraction of other people's living costs.
And our tax system means that those who are renting, who are working to make ends meet and pay their rent and try to save for a deposit, pay the highest tax rates.
While those who live rent and mortgage free, or have income they don't work for like charging others rent, or pensions etc, pay the lowest tax rates.
The system could not be more broken, if you tried.
The left and right are both correct. Taxes are both too low, and too high, it all depends upon your situation.0 -
I'm a liberal, so that's hardly a surprise, the problem is that the Lib Dems come up with insane policies I deplore like NIMBYism.ClippP said:
Good stuff, Mr Roberts. The quibble is that if we are to tax the value of the site - just the site and its potential, not the buildings - then it does not matter in the slightest whether it is the primary residence or not.BartholomewRoberts said:
I would roll NI into Income TaxBenpointer said:
As I have said several times on here, I would roll NI into Income Tax (thus extend it to unearned and pension income), introduce a wealth tax targeting the wealthiest 10%, and increase inheritance tax. None of those are likely to adversely impact you.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
Abolish both Stamp Duty and Council Tax and replace with a Land Value Tax, paid by the owner not the tenant. This tax would be higher if not the primary residence of the owner (ie second homes or letting).
Abolish Inheritance Tax, simply apply Income Tax (which now would include NI of course) to the entire inheritance received instead.
Long term I would seek to abolish Employers NI, but that might be difficult to achieve immediately.
You are so very nearly on board with Lib Dem policy. Congratulations!
Given the housing shortage in this country, it absolutely does matter if primary residence or not. Everyone needs a primary residence. The way I would do it is set the tax rate at the higher rate, but then set a discount for your primary residence; though if the chronic housing shortage could be resolved, say by eliminating planning permission and NIMBYism, then there'd be no reason to do this.
If the Lib Dems were properly liberal, I'd wholeheartedly support them.0 -
Absolutely 100% agreed, I don't only want my preference built, I want everyone's preference able to be built. Everyone should be able to get whatever they want, with no supply limitations.AlsoLei said:
Even those who have mortgages have, until very very recently, been in a much better position than those who rent.BartholomewRoberts said:
Housing again is the root of the problem.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
Until you get to almost insane incomes, it almost doesn't matter what your income level is, you are going to struggle to make ends meet if you're renting. Especially since higher incomes tend to be in higher housing cost areas.
If you're living mortgage-free, rent-free on the other hand, then you're set. Your living costs are a fraction of other people's living costs.
And our tax system means that those who are renting, who are working to make ends meet and pay their rent and try to save for a deposit, pay the highest tax rates.
While those who live rent and mortgage free, or have income they don't work for like charging others rent, or pensions etc, pay the lowest tax rates.
The system could not be more broken, if you tried.
The left and right are both correct. Taxes are both too low, and too high, it all depends upon your situation.
For example, we had someone on PB who recently reported that a family member's mortgage on a 5 bedroom house in a nice part of SW London was likely going to triple to £6k per month. That implies that their current mortgage costs a little less than my current rent on a north-facing single aspect lower ground floor studio flat (aka a cave) on the fringe of zone 2. Which is completely mind-boggling, when you think about it.
How do we fix this? Fiddling around with tax incentives or ever-more-complex help to buy-type schemes isn't going to solve anything in the long run, it just shuffles the problem round to other people. We need to build, build, build. Build the sort of flats and houses that people want to buy in the places they want to live.
Barty wants suburban semis with two-car garages on the outskirts of conurbations. I want high-density mansion blocks and 8 storey tenements in city centres. Let's do both!
For me I have a young family. Parking spaces and a garden for them and our dog to run around is absolutely valuable, hence suburban semi.
For younger people without kids a tenement in the city centre within walking distance of bars and clubs, or whatever else, might be preferable.
And as those younger people get married and have kids they might want to stay where they are, or might want to move to the suburbs, nobody should be tied to one for eternity.2 -
Any tax on a landlord will simply be passed onto the tenant, though.BartholomewRoberts said:
I'm a liberal, so that's hardly a surprise, the problem is that the Lib Dems come up with insane policies I deplore like NIMBYism.ClippP said:
Good stuff, Mr Roberts. The quibble is that if we are to tax the value of the site - just the site and its potential, not the buildings - then it does not matter in the slightest whether it is the primary residence or not.BartholomewRoberts said:
I would roll NI into Income TaxBenpointer said:
As I have said several times on here, I would roll NI into Income Tax (thus extend it to unearned and pension income), introduce a wealth tax targeting the wealthiest 10%, and increase inheritance tax. None of those are likely to adversely impact you.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
Abolish both Stamp Duty and Council Tax and replace with a Land Value Tax, paid by the owner not the tenant. This tax would be higher if not the primary residence of the owner (ie second homes or letting).
Abolish Inheritance Tax, simply apply Income Tax (which now would include NI of course) to the entire inheritance received instead.
Long term I would seek to abolish Employers NI, but that might be difficult to achieve immediately.
You are so very nearly on board with Lib Dem policy. Congratulations!
Given the housing shortage in this country, it absolutely does matter if primary residence or not. Everyone needs a primary residence. The way I would do it is set the tax rate at the higher rate, but then set a discount for your primary residence; though if the chronic housing shortage could be resolved, say by eliminating planning permission and NIMBYism, then there'd be no reason to do this.
If the Lib Dems were properly liberal, I'd wholeheartedly support them.0 -
If we had a free housing market where anyone could build whatever they want without planning permission getting in the way that'd be the case, since landlord's rent would be lowered down to the marginal cost of housing plus a margin.Malmesbury said:
Any tax on a landlord will simply be passed onto the tenant, though.BartholomewRoberts said:
I'm a liberal, so that's hardly a surprise, the problem is that the Lib Dems come up with insane policies I deplore like NIMBYism.ClippP said:
Good stuff, Mr Roberts. The quibble is that if we are to tax the value of the site - just the site and its potential, not the buildings - then it does not matter in the slightest whether it is the primary residence or not.BartholomewRoberts said:
I would roll NI into Income TaxBenpointer said:
As I have said several times on here, I would roll NI into Income Tax (thus extend it to unearned and pension income), introduce a wealth tax targeting the wealthiest 10%, and increase inheritance tax. None of those are likely to adversely impact you.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
Abolish both Stamp Duty and Council Tax and replace with a Land Value Tax, paid by the owner not the tenant. This tax would be higher if not the primary residence of the owner (ie second homes or letting).
Abolish Inheritance Tax, simply apply Income Tax (which now would include NI of course) to the entire inheritance received instead.
Long term I would seek to abolish Employers NI, but that might be difficult to achieve immediately.
You are so very nearly on board with Lib Dem policy. Congratulations!
Given the housing shortage in this country, it absolutely does matter if primary residence or not. Everyone needs a primary residence. The way I would do it is set the tax rate at the higher rate, but then set a discount for your primary residence; though if the chronic housing shortage could be resolved, say by eliminating planning permission and NIMBYism, then there'd be no reason to do this.
If the Lib Dems were properly liberal, I'd wholeheartedly support them.
However in our broken system with insufficient housing, that's not the case. Which is why people with property portfolios make a healthy income and capital gains from them, while people renting are in penury.
Turn it on its head. Did lower interest rates on landlords result in lower rents?2 -
Yep. If you are inside IR35 you basically are liable for all taxes that would be due on employment including both employers and employees. So it is tax, both employers and employees NI and also the other bits and pieces such as the apprenticeship levy. It is pernicious because it is basically a way for the end user (who would normally be the employer) to avoid paying the payroll taxes themselves.Benpointer said:
Without wishing to know your personal details, how in general does that work? ICT + ee's NIC + do you have to pay er's NIC?Richard_Tyndall said:
In the past year, inside IR35, I have paid 57% of my day rate to the Government. That is the overall for the year, not just some unusually high part of it. Not quite the 60% but not far off.Benpointer said:
Who's paying 60-75% of their income in tax?BartholomewRoberts said:
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.
But it also gives you a good insight into just how much of the payroll for a company is being taken by the Government.3 -
bondegezou said: "We tried a War on Drugs: drugs won and the voters noticed."
Consider a parallel argument: We tried a war on [pick your favorite pathogen]: The [pathogen] won, and the survivng voters noticed.
It is not difficult to think of "wars" on pathogens that have lasted years, even centuries. Nonetheless most of us believe we should continue fighting them, and we have had some successes over the years.
Will we ever finally win all of them? Not in my life time -- but that doesn't mean we should stop fighting them.
Similarly, it is possible to find examples of gains against illegal drugs. At its peak the crack epidemic in the US was so bad that it produced signficant declines in the life expectancies of black Americans, especially men. But the measures taken against it reduced crack use over time.
(It is often argued that the policies against crack adopted in the 1980s and 1990s were excessive. That's probably true, but it seems nearly certain to me that they were one reason, probably the biggest reason, that crack use declined.)0 -
Exclusive: British steel will be used to make warships if I get into power, promises Keir Starmer
https://x.com/johnestevens/status/16983803343233479241 -
.
I agree with you that it gives a good insight into just how much of the payroll the Government takes. Most of it. In my 78.4% calculation for marginal income tax rate, I never even included Employers NI and it absolutely should be included, which would take the calculation closer to 90% which is just shocking, and really does happen. Especially when fiscal drag is causing the pay rise.Richard_Tyndall said:
Yep. If you are inside IR35 you basically are liable for all taxes that would be due on employment including both employers and employees. So it is tax, both employers and employees NI and also the other bits and pieces such as the apprenticeship levy. It is pernicious because it is basically a way for the end user (who would normally be the employer) to avoid paying the payroll taxes themselves.Benpointer said:
Without wishing to know your personal details, how in general does that work? ICT + ee's NIC + do you have to pay er's NIC?Richard_Tyndall said:
In the past year, inside IR35, I have paid 57% of my day rate to the Government. That is the overall for the year, not just some unusually high part of it. Not quite the 60% but not far off.Benpointer said:
Who's paying 60-75% of their income in tax?BartholomewRoberts said:
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.
But it also gives you a good insight into just how much of the payroll for a company is being taken by the Government.
As far as the end user avoiding paying the taxes themselves, it should work out relatively neutral for them should it not? Ie if they were paying an employee, they'd be liable for the taxes, whereas if they're paying a contractor then the contractor should quote with the taxes in mind?0 -
Here's an argument for drug legalization from Megan McArdle that is not simplistic:
https://www.washingtonpost.com/opinions/2023/07/25/legalize-fentanyl-overdose-deaths/
It ends with these two pragraphs:
"Indeed, such tolerance would only undercut support for legalization. Drug users must understand that if they cannot take drugs without also committing crimes, injecting in public places or camping on the street, they will be forced into treatment.
Now, as a libertarian, I was pretty uncomfortable writing that last sentence, and reading it might well have made you uneasy, too. Many people will no doubt be equally wary of giving up on controlling the use of indisputably harmful drugs. But overdose has become the leading cause of nonmedical death in the United States, and we seem to be out of comfortable options. We might have to settle for one that results in fewer deaths."
Not being a libertarian, I disagree with her -- but at least she is taking the problem seriously.0 -
No because the end users have simply moved all their contractors inside IR35 and kept day rates the same. They say that any changes in Goverment taxation policy should be kept cost neutral for them. So now they get the felxibility of contractors - effectively a posh zero hours situation without any additional costs to them.BartholomewRoberts said:.
I agree with you that it gives a good insight into just how much of the payroll the Government takes. Most of it. In my 78.4% calculation for marginal income tax rate, I never even included Employers NI and it absolutely should be included, which would take the calculation closer to 90% which is just shocking, and really does happen. Especially when fiscal drag is causing the pay rise.Richard_Tyndall said:
Yep. If you are inside IR35 you basically are liable for all taxes that would be due on employment including both employers and employees. So it is tax, both employers and employees NI and also the other bits and pieces such as the apprenticeship levy. It is pernicious because it is basically a way for the end user (who would normally be the employer) to avoid paying the payroll taxes themselves.Benpointer said:
Without wishing to know your personal details, how in general does that work? ICT + ee's NIC + do you have to pay er's NIC?Richard_Tyndall said:
In the past year, inside IR35, I have paid 57% of my day rate to the Government. That is the overall for the year, not just some unusually high part of it. Not quite the 60% but not far off.Benpointer said:
Who's paying 60-75% of their income in tax?BartholomewRoberts said:
The fact is that we are both to the left and the right of the Laffer Curve, simultaneously.Stuartinromford said:
But how big is too big?Richard_Tyndall said:
I agree with you on this and have long advocated it. But this is a separate (although still valid) question to that of the overall size of the State. We need to change both where we get the tax from and the amount the State is taking. #Phil said:
An obvious move would be to unify income tax & employee NI. Now the retired have a 32% income tax rate for income over £10k.Benpointer said:
Spot on.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
Will take a brave government though. Is Starmer’s Labour up to the task?
And actually neither one is directly dependent on the other. Both are valid positions that could be pursued either in combination or independently.
It's the Laffer Curve argument in a different guise; almost everyone can agree that 0 percent and 100 percent are bad, but very little is known about the line that joins those two points. And whilst "tax income from different rates" is at least two objective quantities, "goodness of society from different sizes of state" is going to be pretty subjective.
Real tax rates of 60-75% absolutely do disincentivise work and encourage people to engage in tax avoidance, or tax evasion.
Real tax rates of 20% do not.
The problem is that currently some people can be on 60-75% while others on same income can be on 20%.
And the irony is that those who will have a lower Laffer curve peak, those working for their income who can change the hours they work etc, are those on the highest tax rates.
Those who rely on unearned incomes, who can't adjust their working hours etc so would have a higher Laffer curve peak, have the lowest tax rates.
The tax system is broken. I would love to see a politician of any party fix it. I will not be holding my breath for that.
But it also gives you a good insight into just how much of the payroll for a company is being taken by the Government.
As far as the end user avoiding paying the taxes themselves, it should work out relatively neutral for them should it not? Ie if they were paying an employee, they'd be liable for the taxes, whereas if they're paying a contractor then the contractor should quote with the taxes in mind?
This is just a fact of life now. I only raised it as it gave me an interesting inisght into exactly how much the Government take is of payroll.1 -
I was opposed to Ukraine joining NATO, but at this point it seems to me a necessary element of a potential deal. Russia is having enough trouble fighting Ukraine with NATO backing: they certainly would not attack them as a NATO member, any more than they've attacked the Baltic States, because they'd be fighting the US directly. A ceasefire on current lines plus Ukraine in NATO would (a) defeat the main objective of the invasion, so that aggression is not rewarded (b) give the solidly independence-minded parts of Ukraine real independence and safety (c) allow the pro-Russian minority to stay with Russia and (d) stop the slaughter. Would most people in Ukraine support years more war in order to retake Crimea, if they knew they'd be safe with a ceasefire?FF43 said:
The Ukrainians I know are perhaps less revanchist than you might expect. Territorial integrity is almost a secondary concern compared to the overriding desire to get out of Russia's shadow.AlsoLei said:
The Ukrainians I know are perhaps less revanchist than you might expect. Territorial integrity is almost a secondary concern compared to the overriding desire to get out of Russia's shadow.FF43 said:Ukraine has three basic choices, I think. It can (1) try to settle as best it can with Russia; (2) try to hold the current line of control - defensive position; (3) try to take back territory from Russia - attack position.
(1) Would be carte blanche for Russia to take more and more of Ukraine. It hasn't respected a single agreement it has make with Ukraine and it is anyway committed to taking more territory.
(2) Might result in Ukraine losing soldiers slower than (3) and also using equipment more slowly, but Ukraine still needs to keep fighting and see its men being killed at a slightly slower rate. The problem of (1) still applies. Russia won't be satisfied with the current LoC.
(3) Sees the highest casualty rates but it does potentially create facts on the ground, or at least avoid facts on the ground that are detrimental to Ukraine,and may eventually force Russia to a settlement.
My question to @Leon and @CorrectHorseBat is why would (1) or (2) be better than (3) for Ukraine, and why wouldn't we as outsiders support Ukraine if they choose (3) ?
As @NickPalmer and others have pointed out in the past, Russia have been busily creating "facts on the ground" in Crimea and the Donbas since 2014. Ukrainians might reasonably term this "ethnic cleansing" - but, even if it weren't for the current war, reversing this might well be messy.
Russia has force Ukraine into a position where they have to choose a hegemon - and they've chosen to look west. They want to see a path towards EU membership, and either full NATO membership or some form of association with strong security guarantees. That's Number 1 on their list, everything else is below that.
So if some sort of deal can be worked out - say if Russia pays something towards compensation for the lost territory and an indemnity for the cost of the current war - then I suspect that many Ukrainians may be tempted to settle.
But they'd need to be very very sure about those security guarantees - no more military incursions, no more threats to Black Sea shipping, no more cutting off oil or gas pipelines, some form of international control for Zaporizhzhia nuclear power station.
Yes. But that doesn't seem to apply to the Russians. As long as the Russians want more territory, Ukraine will have no security. Hence I think Ukraine's three basic choices are as I set out.
I can see an eventual deal where Ukraine trades Russian occupation of Crimea for getting out of disputed areas of the Donbas. The key would be to turn Crimea from a stronghold to a Ukrainian hostage. Ukraine trains its guns across the Crimean isthmus and down the Azov Sea to Kerch: you don't muck us up in Donbas and we won't do the same to you in Crimea.
Can we/should we push Ukraine to consider that? No, but we could express it as a preference, rather than escalating with one more weapons system every 3 months, which encourages a one-more-heave approach by Ukraine without actually resulting in victory.0 -
Nick's perspective is an interesting oneNickPalmer said:I was opposed to Ukraine joining NATO, but at this point it seems to me a necessary element of a potential deal. Russia is having enough trouble fighting Ukraine with NATO backing: they certainly would not attack them as a NATO member, any more than they've attacked the Baltic States, because they'd be fighting the US directly. A ceasefire on current lines plus Ukraine in NATO would (a) defeat the main objective of the invasion, so that aggression is not rewarded (b) give the solidly independence-minded parts of Ukraine real independence and safety (c) allow the pro-Russian minority to stay with Russia and (d) stop the slaughter. Would most people in Ukraine support years more war in order to retake Crimea, if they knew they'd be safe with a ceasefire?
Can we/should we push Ukraine to consider that? No, but we could express it as a preference, rather than escalating with one more weapons system every 3 months, which encourages a one-more-heave approach by Ukraine without actually resulting in victory.0 -
Absolutely not, the reverse should be happening. National Insurance funds should be ringfenced and only those who have contributed to it should be eligible for the full state pension and contributions based JSA. It was set up after all to fund unemployment insurance and later funded the state pension too.BartholomewRoberts said:
Tax on income should not go up. Ideally it should be cut.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Where there is room for tax rises is equalising unearned and earned incomes.
There is no justification for National Insurance, or some income being exempt from it.
Merge NI and Income Tax. Ensure all income of the same amount always pays the same rate of tax.
To do so would be politically "brave", but is long overdue. Osborne had an opportunity to do it, but flunked it.
Sir Keir Starmer has an opportunity to do it too, if he wins the next election.
It could also be used to fund some state health and social care as well given most OECD nations fund much of their healthcare via insurance0 -
I don't know if it would be possible to get them into NATO without serious US coercion on members which I accept is a definite possibility. Aside from those that, rightly, have doubts about the strategic wisdom of such an enterprise everybody saw how Erdogan was able to extract a high price for admitting Sweden and Finland and will fancy a bit of that themselves.NickPalmer said:
I was opposed to Ukraine joining NATO, but at this point it seems to me a necessary element of a potential deal. Russia is having enough trouble fighting Ukraine with NATO backing: they certainly would not attack them as a NATO member, any more than they've attacked the Baltic States, because they'd be fighting the US directly. A ceasefire on current lines plus Ukraine in NATO would (a) defeat the main objective of the invasion, so that aggression is not rewarded (b) give the solidly independence-minded parts of Ukraine real independence and safety (c) allow the pro-Russian minority to stay with Russia and (d) stop the slaughter. Would most people in Ukraine support years more war in order to retake Crimea, if they knew they'd be safe with a ceasefire?
Can we/should we push Ukraine to consider that? No, but we could express it as a preference, rather than escalating with one more weapons system every 3 months, which encourages a one-more-heave approach by Ukraine without actually resulting in victory.
Three month anniversary of the start of The Counteroffensive today so well done to all involved. We'll always have (what's left of) Robotyne.0 -
You call me depressing....yes I am because I dont believe anything will change with our current model...labour or tories will get in the decline will continue...then labour or tories get in the decline will continue....then labour or tories get in the decline will continue.Benpointer said:
You really are the most depressing poster on here.Pagan2 said:
And what happens when as expected it raises the square root of bugger all as all countries that have tried it found? Yes you will expand it downwardsBenpointer said:
As I have said several times on here, I would roll NI into Income Tax (thus extend it to unearned and pension income), introduce a wealth tax targeting the wealthiest 10%, and increase inheritance tax. None of those are likely to adversely impact you.Pagan2 said:
See there you have the problem....I am not below average income....does not mean however I am not struggling to make ends meet by the time I pay rent, council tax and power thats about 70% of my pay gone even though being above median salary....take anything more of me and I am choosing heat or eat. As a single person that lives alone I am punished harder by tax risesBenpointer said:
I really don't want to take more off you if you're below average income or wealth and not living off unearned income. It's people like me that need to be paying more.Pagan2 said:
And the majority of people get little in return from this tax take unless they are heavily dependent on the nhs or schools which is not most of us. For the taxes I pay I get bin collections, police that wont investigate if I get burgeled, gp's I cant see if I am ill because by the appointment is due (2 to 3 weeks I am either better or have died). Frankly I am paying to fund other people and I am paying too much to the point I am finding it hard to make ends meet. Yet people like you want to take even more off meBenpointer said:
The OBR's data shows forecast public receipts at 41.1% GDP in 2023/24 forecast spend is 46.2% GDP.Richard_Tyndall said:
They are not my figures. That is why I provided the link.Benpointer said:
Both of your figures are wrong Richard. https://obr.uk/data/Richard_Tyndall said:
But the overall tax take is already too high.Phil said:
I think the reality is that a future government is going to have to increase income taxes on the retired. Currently they only pay income tax - no NI, no employers NI. The working age population has been squeezed already & they have the largest expenses - housing, childcare & increasingly student loan repayments. It's hard to see how they can be made to pay much more. The wealthier retired are sitting on large incomes, housing that they own outright & are paying a pittance in tax by comparison whilst getting the lions share of the output of the NHS. If they want quality healthcare in their old age, the older generation are going to have to start paying for it.Richard_Tyndall said:
Of course income tax isn't the only part of employment taxes. There is another almost 19% being taken in Employer and employee national insurance plus other minor taxes such as the Apprenticeship levy which are also charged against wages.bondegezou said:
Sure, it needs detail. I am not standing for election. I don’t have any economists working for me, nor friendly think tanks. So, sorry, I’m not going to give you detail.algarkirk said:
I fully accept that the state can be run better; but you can't alter the rules of maths by labelling state expenditure as investment any more than a household can.bondegezou said:
If you see everything as costs, then your instinct is to cut. If you see everything as investments, maybe you’d have a different approach. The Tories have cut and ended up costing us more. So I think we can get improvements without increasing the tax take.Pagan2 said:
This is what annoys me people call for all parts of the state to be fully funded....yes I agree with that what the state does should be fully funded. I asked bondegezu earlieer how much do you think the cost of fully funding everything the state does will be....answer came there none. I assume therefore he realises the tax take necessary to fully fund what the state does would be unacceptable to most voters...so the question still is cut the state functions or increase tax to fully fund themTaz said:
I suspect whatever we throw at rNHS it will never be enough and people will say it’s starved of funds.Casino_Royale said:
How much for "good" pensions and healthcare then? 500bn? 700bn? 1tn?RochdalePioneers said:
Even worse, we'd be spending all that money. Whilst having terrible front line healthcare and terrible pensions compared to so many of our European neighboursCasino_Royale said:So, we could be spending well north of £400bn per annum in less than 12 years time on just pensions and the NHS combined.
That's horrific.
Where does it end?
But I’m all for increasing the tax take as well! There are countries with higher tax takes. They also have a higher quality of life. I think one can sell that vision to voters.
But 'increasing the tax take' needs detail, and detail is politically tough.
Total managed expenditure in 22/23 was 45.6% of GDP. At the same time we borrowed over £100bn. At the same time every bit of the state budget is under huge pressure to expand.
So, as a % of GDP, how much would be enough, and who shall pay how much of it?
As a rough intro and a starter for 10, the £100 bn borrowing is £3,300 per income tax payer (or per household, the numbers are similar) per year.
I don’t know that households = income tax payers. Income tax is 27% of the UK tax take, so it’s an important part of the picture, but misleading to imply that the solution lies purely in income tax increases., although I’m fine with higher rate tax payers, like myself, paying more.
I can point to examples of steps in the right direction here and there. Bart has laid out some solid plans around taxing unearned income more so as to match tax on earned income. He’s also laid out solid plans around housing. I support merging NIC and income tax.
Foxy, and others, has pointed out how the NHS has to pay heavily for agency staff, without addressing why it needs agency staff. The ridiculous pantomime around asylum seekers where the government avoids processing people at ever greater cost is a nonsense and readily solved.
I would have saved money by not doing the PHE->UKHSA reorganisation, nor the NHSE/NHSX/HEE merger, but we are where we are. I work in digital health. I’d do more central commissioning of digital health. At present, it’s difficult for innovation to develop or spread because local commissioning is inefficient and often inexpert.
You are looking at somewhere over 45% of payroll being taken by the State in tax.
Now I have lots of sympathy for those on here and elsewhere who say we should rebalance tax away from employment and onto wealth. But my fear, in fact my expectation, is that any wealth taxes that are introduced will be in addition to not instead of employment taxes. That seem to be exactly what you are implying.
We have to stop thinking the State can continue to expand forever and that the taxpayer - whether a wage earner, a company or a shopper can continue to keep paying for it.
Yes, this will be incredibly controversial. The alternative is steady decline in public services that destroys the ability of the economy to generate the wealth that allows that generation to enjoy their comfortable retirements. They’re going to pay out one way or the other - services that can’t be paid for won’t happen. Better for everyone to have a working population that generates decent GDP growth to fund their retirements.
According to the HOC library the total public sector receipts for 2022/23 is £1,017 billion.
https://commonslibrary.parliament.uk/research-briefings/cbp-8513/
For a GDP of somewhere around £2,300 billion. That is 44% of GDP being taken in taxes.
On top of that we borrowed another £130 billion.
So the Government is spending just shy of 50% of GDP.
As I say, I agree we should rebalance the tax take away from earnings and onto wealth - or at reduce it on earned income and increase it on unearned. And I say that as someone who will eb retiring in a decade or so, so looks to get hit twice. But at the same time we ned to reduce how much money the State is spending. It is unsustainable.
They are from the HoC Library which itemises the exact tax take in the link I included.
And the GDP of £2,300 billion is from the OBR. Actually theirs was slightly less at £2,230 billion but I rounded it up as it was for 2022 rather than 2022/23. Using the OBR figure makes the numbers even worse.
The actuals for 2022/23 were 40.5% and 45.6% respectively. It's in the OBR databank link I provided https://obr.uk/data/
As regards paying for services you don't use, it's a false argument. We don't have children so could argue we get no benefit from education spend. But Mr's P and I did both go to school ourselves of course. And we also benefit from living in a country where most people have received at least a basic education.
Part of your problem seems to be the poor quality of the services available. I agree. How do you think they are going to improve when their funding is reduced to meet the overall levels of tax take you would like to see?
If you are right, you might as well just accept that life is shit and then you die; nothing will ever change for the better.
It is not I am depressive I just recognise doing the same old shit over and over isnt going to fix anything when its what got us in this mess. You are actually the depressive on because you are arguing for more of the same just with a different rosette.....at least I am saying this doesnt fucking work lets do something different0 -
interesting article imo.
"What prisons teach us about democracy
Treat people like dirt, and they'll behave like dirt
By Ian Birrell"
https://unherd.com/2023/09/what-prisons-teach-us-about-democracy/1 -
This post is quite wrong, for several fairly obvious reasons.NickPalmer said:
I was opposed to Ukraine joining NATO, but at this point it seems to me a necessary element of a potential deal. Russia is having enough trouble fighting Ukraine with NATO backing: they certainly would not attack them as a NATO member, any more than they've attacked the Baltic States, because they'd be fighting the US directly. A ceasefire on current lines plus Ukraine in NATO would (a) defeat the main objective of the invasion, so that aggression is not rewarded (b) give the solidly independence-minded parts of Ukraine real independence and safety (c) allow the pro-Russian minority to stay with Russia and (d) stop the slaughter. Would most people in Ukraine support years more war in order to retake Crimea, if they knew they'd be safe with a ceasefire?FF43 said:
The Ukrainians I know are perhaps less revanchist than you might expect. Territorial integrity is almost a secondary concern compared to the overriding desire to get out of Russia's shadow.AlsoLei said:
The Ukrainians I know are perhaps less revanchist than you might expect. Territorial integrity is almost a secondary concern compared to the overriding desire to get out of Russia's shadow.FF43 said:Ukraine has three basic choices, I think. It can (1) try to settle as best it can with Russia; (2) try to hold the current line of control - defensive position; (3) try to take back territory from Russia - attack position.
(1) Would be carte blanche for Russia to take more and more of Ukraine. It hasn't respected a single agreement it has make with Ukraine and it is anyway committed to taking more territory.
(2) Might result in Ukraine losing soldiers slower than (3) and also using equipment more slowly, but Ukraine still needs to keep fighting and see its men being killed at a slightly slower rate. The problem of (1) still applies. Russia won't be satisfied with the current LoC.
(3) Sees the highest casualty rates but it does potentially create facts on the ground, or at least avoid facts on the ground that are detrimental to Ukraine,and may eventually force Russia to a settlement.
My question to @Leon and @CorrectHorseBat is why would (1) or (2) be better than (3) for Ukraine, and why wouldn't we as outsiders support Ukraine if they choose (3) ?
As @NickPalmer and others have pointed out in the past, Russia have been busily creating "facts on the ground" in Crimea and the Donbas since 2014. Ukrainians might reasonably term this "ethnic cleansing" - but, even if it weren't for the current war, reversing this might well be messy.
Russia has force Ukraine into a position where they have to choose a hegemon - and they've chosen to look west. They want to see a path towards EU membership, and either full NATO membership or some form of association with strong security guarantees. That's Number 1 on their list, everything else is below that.
So if some sort of deal can be worked out - say if Russia pays something towards compensation for the lost territory and an indemnity for the cost of the current war - then I suspect that many Ukrainians may be tempted to settle.
But they'd need to be very very sure about those security guarantees - no more military incursions, no more threats to Black Sea shipping, no more cutting off oil or gas pipelines, some form of international control for Zaporizhzhia nuclear power station.
Yes. But that doesn't seem to apply to the Russians. As long as the Russians want more territory, Ukraine will have no security. Hence I think Ukraine's three basic choices are as I set out.
I can see an eventual deal where Ukraine trades Russian occupation of Crimea for getting out of disputed areas of the Donbas. The key would be to turn Crimea from a stronghold to a Ukrainian hostage. Ukraine trains its guns across the Crimean isthmus and down the Azov Sea to Kerch: you don't muck us up in Donbas and we won't do the same to you in Crimea.
Can we/should we push Ukraine to consider that? No, but we could express it as a preference, rather than escalating with one more weapons system every 3 months, which encourages a one-more-heave approach by Ukraine without actually resulting in victory.
*) What do the Ukrainians want? They want a) their territory back, and b) a reduced, or no, threat from Russia. Memberships of NATO and the EU are nice-to-haves, but those top two are vital.
*) What do we want? Ukraine and Russia to be at peace forever (or at least a very long time). We want to deter other similar wars of expansionist aggression around the world. We want Russia to stop interfering with neighbouring countries.
*) What does Russia want? Eastern Europe to be under its influence, directly or indirectly, and to be seen as a major stronking world power (despite having the 11th largest economy, and shrinking). It wants to destroy the western-based world order and replace it with its own view.
Your idea of a 'peace' deal is nothing of the sort, as it will not prevent Russia interfering in its neighbouring countries, politically or militarily. Putin sees NATO as a weak entity, despite everything that has happened, and he knows it be be divided politically.
Your 'peace' proposal does nothing to dissuade Putin from his imperialist, fascist expansion. He will take a few years off, rebuild his military, absorb Belarus, then go for one of his non-NATO members such as Georgia or Khazakhstan, or break NATO politically and then go for Ukraine again. After all, enough idiots believe the 'Ukrainian NAZI's!!!! rubbish.
We need the Russian government and Putin to realise that this war has been disastrous for them, and that it is not worth doing again. If they *gain* territory - as your 'peace' deal proposes, then they will show that the war *was* successful, and that the business is very much unfinished.
Russia's aggression will have been rewarded.
"solidly independence-minded parts of Ukraine real independence and safety "
You mean, none of it?
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1991_Ukrainian_independence_referendum#/media/File:1991_Ukrainian_independence_referendum_results.svg
Nick, I don't know if you've seen the reports that came out of the Donbass after 2014, and the way the public were treated. The same with Chechnya. You are condemning good men and women to similar. The real Nazis, or at least fascists, are the ones your 'peace' deal will hand millions of people to.1 -
https://www.cnn.com/interactive/2022/02/europe/russia-ukraine-crisis-poll-intl/index.htmlJosiasJessop said:
This post is quite wrong, for several fairly obvious reasons.NickPalmer said:
I was opposed to Ukraine joining NATO, but at this point it seems to me a necessary element of a potential deal. Russia is having enough trouble fighting Ukraine with NATO backing: they certainly would not attack them as a NATO member, any more than they've attacked the Baltic States, because they'd be fighting the US directly. A ceasefire on current lines plus Ukraine in NATO would (a) defeat the main objective of the invasion, so that aggression is not rewarded (b) give the solidly independence-minded parts of Ukraine real independence and safety (c) allow the pro-Russian minority to stay with Russia and (d) stop the slaughter. Would most people in Ukraine support years more war in order to retake Crimea, if they knew they'd be safe with a ceasefire?FF43 said:
The Ukrainians I know are perhaps less revanchist than you might expect. Territorial integrity is almost a secondary concern compared to the overriding desire to get out of Russia's shadow.AlsoLei said:
The Ukrainians I know are perhaps less revanchist than you might expect. Territorial integrity is almost a secondary concern compared to the overriding desire to get out of Russia's shadow.FF43 said:Ukraine has three basic choices, I think. It can (1) try to settle as best it can with Russia; (2) try to hold the current line of control - defensive position; (3) try to take back territory from Russia - attack position.
(1) Would be carte blanche for Russia to take more and more of Ukraine. It hasn't respected a single agreement it has make with Ukraine and it is anyway committed to taking more territory.
(2) Might result in Ukraine losing soldiers slower than (3) and also using equipment more slowly, but Ukraine still needs to keep fighting and see its men being killed at a slightly slower rate. The problem of (1) still applies. Russia won't be satisfied with the current LoC.
(3) Sees the highest casualty rates but it does potentially create facts on the ground, or at least avoid facts on the ground that are detrimental to Ukraine,and may eventually force Russia to a settlement.
My question to @Leon and @CorrectHorseBat is why would (1) or (2) be better than (3) for Ukraine, and why wouldn't we as outsiders support Ukraine if they choose (3) ?
As @NickPalmer and others have pointed out in the past, Russia have been busily creating "facts on the ground" in Crimea and the Donbas since 2014. Ukrainians might reasonably term this "ethnic cleansing" - but, even if it weren't for the current war, reversing this might well be messy.
Russia has force Ukraine into a position where they have to choose a hegemon - and they've chosen to look west. They want to see a path towards EU membership, and either full NATO membership or some form of association with strong security guarantees. That's Number 1 on their list, everything else is below that.
So if some sort of deal can be worked out - say if Russia pays something towards compensation for the lost territory and an indemnity for the cost of the current war - then I suspect that many Ukrainians may be tempted to settle.
But they'd need to be very very sure about those security guarantees - no more military incursions, no more threats to Black Sea shipping, no more cutting off oil or gas pipelines, some form of international control for Zaporizhzhia nuclear power station.
Yes. But that doesn't seem to apply to the Russians. As long as the Russians want more territory, Ukraine will have no security. Hence I think Ukraine's three basic choices are as I set out.
I can see an eventual deal where Ukraine trades Russian occupation of Crimea for getting out of disputed areas of the Donbas. The key would be to turn Crimea from a stronghold to a Ukrainian hostage. Ukraine trains its guns across the Crimean isthmus and down the Azov Sea to Kerch: you don't muck us up in Donbas and we won't do the same to you in Crimea.
Can we/should we push Ukraine to consider that? No, but we could express it as a preference, rather than escalating with one more weapons system every 3 months, which encourages a one-more-heave approach by Ukraine without actually resulting in victory.
*) What do the Ukrainians want? They want a) their territory back, and b) a reduced, or no, threat from Russia. Memberships of NATO and the EU are nice-to-haves, but those top two are vital.
*) What do we want? Ukraine and Russia to be at peace forever (or at least a very long time). We want to deter other similar wars of expansionist aggression around the world. We want Russia to stop interfering with neighbouring countries.
*) What does Russia want? Eastern Europe to be under its influence, directly or indirectly, and to be seen as a major stronking world power (despite having the 11th largest economy, and shrinking). It wants to destroy the western-based world order and replace it with its own view.
Your idea of a 'peace' deal is nothing of the sort, as it will not prevent Russia interfering in its neighbouring countries, politically or militarily. Putin sees NATO as a weak entity, despite everything that has happened, and he knows it be be divided politically.
Your 'peace' proposal does nothing to dissuade Putin from his imperialist, fascist expansion. He will take a few years off, rebuild his military, absorb Belarus, then go for one of his non-NATO members such as Georgia or Khazakhstan, or break NATO politically and then go for Ukraine again. After all, enough idiots believe the 'Ukrainian NAZI's!!!! rubbish.
We need the Russian government and Putin to realise that this war has been disastrous for them, and that it is not worth doing again. If they *gain* territory - as your 'peace' deal proposes, then they will show that the war *was* successful, and that the business is very much unfinished.
Russia's aggression will have been rewarded.
"solidly independence-minded parts of Ukraine real independence and safety "
You mean, none of it?
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/1991_Ukrainian_independence_referendum#/media/File:1991_Ukrainian_independence_referendum_results.svg
Nick, I don't know if you've seen the reports that came out of the Donbass after 2014, and the way the public were treated. The same with Chechnya. You are condemning good men and women to similar. The real Nazis, or at least fascists, are the ones your 'peace' deal will hand millions of people to.
The idea that Russia *has* to come out of this war with *something* is identical to the “peace deals” of the Yugoslav wars. Because “facts on the ground”.
Which resulted in years of slaughter.1 -
That's a good article.Andy_JS said:interesting article imo.
"What prisons teach us about democracy
Treat people like dirt, and they'll behave like dirt
By Ian Birrell"
https://unherd.com/2023/09/what-prisons-teach-us-about-democracy/
The Norwegians are definitely getting something right.0